<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ONIXMessage SYSTEM "http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/02/reference/onix-international.dtd">
<ONIXMessage>
<Header>
<FromCompany>Cambridge University Press Australia</FromCompany>
<FromPerson>Cambridge Datashop (datashop@cambridge.org)</FromPerson>
<SentDate>20100701</SentDate>
<MessageNote>This data is Copyright to Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press makes no guarantee of the accuracy or the timeliness of production. It is supplied for your exclusive use as our customer and only for the purpose of facilitating the ordering of these books (authorised purpose). While it may be copied once for the authorised purpose, written permission from Cambridge University Press must be obtained for any other use. If you were not an intended recipient, you must notify the sender and delete all copies.</MessageNote>
</Header>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138329</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138321</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138321</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Power Crisis</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Self-Destruction of a State Labor Party</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138321</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cavalier, Rodney</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A thwarted attempt to privatise electricity in New South Wales was only the catalyst. In Power Crisis, former minister and Labor historian Rodney Cavalier reveals the takeover of Labor by a professional political class without connection to the broader community or the party's traditions. This deep malaise within the ALP, reflected in falling party membership and alienation of the remaining faithful, led to the political demise of premiers Morris Iemma and Nathan Rees, and threatens to destroy good government not just in New South Wales, but in other states and the nation. In his customary wry, witty and incisive style, Cavalier draws on history to illuminate Labor's crisis. Including interviews with key players such as Iemma and Rees, Power Crisis exposes the backstage dramas and shows how the actors of 2007–2010 ignored the past at their peril.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38321/cover/9780521138321.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101014</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>34.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521765870</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765879</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765879</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Australia and the New World Order</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Peacekeeping to Peace Enforcement: 1988–1991</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521765879</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Horner, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This volume of the Official History of Australian Peacekeeping, Humanitarian and Post-Cold War Operations is the first comprehensive study of Australia's role in the peacekeeping and peace enforcement operations that developed at the end of the Cold War. It recounts vital missions including Namibia (1989–90), Iran (1988–90) and Pakistan/Afghanistan (1989–93), and focuses primarily on Australia's reaction to Iraq's invasion of Kuwait in 1990, including its maritime interception operations, and its controversial participation in the 1991 Gulf War. With exclusive access to Australian Government records and through extensive interviews, David Horner explains the high-level political background to these activities and analyses the conduct of the missions. He brings to life the little-known, yet remarkable stories of many individuals who took part. This is an authoritative and compelling history of how members of the Australian Defence Force engaged with the world at a crucial time in international affairs.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/65879/cover/9780521765879.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101203</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521607213</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521607216</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521607216</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Concise History of Spain</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607216</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Phillips Jr., William D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Carla Rahn</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The rich cultural and political life of Spain has emerged from its complex history, from the diversity of its peoples, and from continual contact with outside influences. This book traces that history from prehistoric times to the present, focusing particularly on culture, society, politics, and personalities. Written in an engaging style, it introduces readers to the key themes that have shaped Spain's history and culture. These include its varied landscapes and climates; the impact of waves of diverse human migrations; the importance of its location as a bridge between the Atlantic and the Mediterranean and Europe and Africa; and religion, particularly militant Catholic Christianity and its centuries of conflict with Islam and Protestantism, as well as debates over the place of the Church in modern Spain.  Illustrations, maps, and a guide to further reading, major cultural figures, and places to see, make the history of this fascinating country come alive.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07216/cover/9780521607216.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521845130</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521845137</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521845137</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Concise History of Spain</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521845137</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Phillips Jr., William D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Carla Rahn</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The rich cultural and political life of Spain has emerged from its complex history, from the diversity of its peoples, and from continual contact with outside influences. This book traces that history from prehistoric times to the present, focusing particularly on culture, society, politics, and personalities. Written in an engaging style, it introduces readers to the key themes that have shaped Spain's history and culture. These include its varied landscapes and climates; the impact of waves of diverse human migrations; the importance of its location as a bridge between the Atlantic and the Mediterranean and Europe and Africa; and religion, particularly militant Catholic Christianity and its centuries of conflict with Islam and Protestantism, as well as debates over the place of the Church in modern Spain.  Illustrations, maps, and a guide to further reading, major cultural figures, and places to see, make the history of this fascinating country come alive.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/45137/cover/9780521845137.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131952</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131957</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131957</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Darwin</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131957</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brown, William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fabian, Andrew C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Charles Darwin can easily be considered one of the most influential scholars of his time. His thoughts, ideas, research and writings have had a far reaching impact and influence on modern thought in the arts, on society, and in science. With contributions from leading scholars, this collection of essays explores how Darwin's work grew out of the ideas of his time, and how its influence spread to contemporary thinking about creationism, the limits of human evolution and the diversification of living species and their conservation. A full account of the legacy of Darwin in contemporary scholarship and thought. With contributions from Janet Browne, Jim Secord, Rebecca Stott, Paul Seabright, Steve Jones, Sean Carroll, Craig Moritz and John Dupré. This book derives from a highly successful series of public lectures, revised and illustrated for publication under the editorship of Professor William Brown and Professor Andrew Fabian of the University of Cambridge.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/31957/cover/9780521131957.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521712513</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521712514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521712514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Science and Religion</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521712514</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In recent years, the relations between science and religion have been the object of renewed attention. Developments in physics, biology and the neurosciences have reinvigorated discussions about the nature of life and ultimate reality. At the same time, the growth of anti-evolutionary and intelligent design movements has led many to the view that science and religion are necessarily in conflict. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the relations between science and religion, with contributions from historians, philosophers, scientists and theologians. It explores the impact of religion on the origins and development of science, religious reactions to Darwinism, and the link between science and secularization. It also offers in-depth discussions of contemporary issues, with perspectives from cosmology, evolutionary biology, psychology, and bioethics. The volume is rounded out with philosophical reflections on the connections between atheism and science, the nature of scientific and religious knowledge, and divine action and human freedom.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/12514/cover/9780521712514.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100830</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521885388</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521885386</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521885386</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Science and Religion</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521885386</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In recent years, the relations between science and religion have been the object of renewed attention. Developments in physics, biology and the neurosciences have reinvigorated discussions about the nature of life and ultimate reality. At the same time, the growth of anti-evolutionary and intelligent design movements has led many to the view that science and religion are necessarily in conflict. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the relations between science and religion, with contributions from historians, philosophers, scientists and theologians. It explores the impact of religion on the origins and development of science, religious reactions to Darwinism, and the link between science and secularization. It also offers in-depth discussions of contemporary issues, with perspectives from cosmology, evolutionary biology, psychology, and bioethics. The volume is rounded out with philosophical reflections on the connections between atheism and science, the nature of scientific and religious knowledge, and divine action and human freedom.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/85386/cover/9780521885386.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100704</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521745381</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745383</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745383</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Arthur Miller</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521745383</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Arthur Miller is regarded as one of the most important playwrights of the twentieth century, and his work continues to be widely performed and studied around the world. This updated Companion includes Miller's work since the publication of the first edition in 1997 - the plays Mr Peters' Connections, Resurrection Blues, and Finishing the Picture - and key productions of his plays since his death in 2005. The chapter on Miller and the cinema has been completely revised to include new films, and demonstrates that Miller's work remains an important source for filmmakers. In addition to detailed analyses of plays including Death of a Salesman and The Crucible, Miller's work is also placed within the context of the social and political climate of the time. The volume closes with a bibliographic essay which reviews the key studies of Miller and also contains a detailed chronology of the work of this influential dramatist.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/45383/cover/9780521745383.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768748</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768740</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768740</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Arthur Miller</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768740</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Arthur Miller is regarded as one of the most important playwrights of the twentieth century, and his work continues to be widely performed and studied around the world. This updated Companion includes Miller's work since the publication of the first edition in 1997 - the plays Mr Peters' Connections, Resurrection Blues, and Finishing the Picture - and key productions of his plays since his death in 2005. The chapter on Miller and the cinema has been completely revised to include new films, and demonstrates that Miller's work remains an important source for filmmakers. In addition to detailed analyses of plays including Death of a Salesman and The Crucible, Miller's work is also placed within the context of the social and political climate of the time. The volume closes with a bibliographic essay which reviews the key studies of Miller and also contains a detailed chronology of the work of this influential dramatist.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68740/cover/9780521768740.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521136067</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136068</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136068</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to American Crime Fiction</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521136068</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nickerson, Catherine Ross</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>From the execution sermons of the Colonial era to television programs like The Wire and The Sopranos, crime writing has played an important role in American culture. Its ability to register fear, desire and anxiety has made it a popular genre with a wide audience. These new essays, written for students as well as readers of crime fiction, demonstrate the very best in contemporary scholarship and challenge long-established notions of the development of the detective novel. Each chapter covers a sub-genre, from 'true crime' to hard-boiled novels, illustrating the ways in which 'popular' and 'high' literary genres influence and shape each other. With a chronology and guide to further reading, the Companion is a helpful guide for students of American literature and readers of crime fiction.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/36068/cover/9780521136068.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199379</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199377</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199377</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to American Crime Fiction</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199377</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nickerson, Catherine Ross</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>From the execution sermons of the Colonial era to television programs like The Wire and The Sopranos, crime writing has played an important role in American culture. Its ability to register fear, desire and anxiety has made it a popular genre with a wide audience. These new essays, written for students as well as readers of crime fiction, demonstrate the very best in contemporary scholarship and challenge long-established notions of the development of the detective novel. Each chapter covers a sub-genre, from 'true crime' to hard-boiled novels, illustrating the ways in which 'popular' and 'high' literary genres influence and shape each other. With a chronology and guide to further reading, the Companion is a helpful guide for students of American literature and readers of crime fiction.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99377/cover/9780521199377.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198143</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198141</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198141</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Norman Podhoretz</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198141</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jeffers, Thomas L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is the first biography of the Jewish-American intellectual Norman Podhoretz, long-time editor of the influential magazine Commentary. As both an editor and a writer, he spearheaded the countercultural revolution of the 1960s and - after he 'broke ranks' - the neoconservative response. For years he defined what was at stake in the struggle against communism; recently he has nerved America for a new struggle against jihadist Islam; always he has given substance to debates over the function of religion, ethics, and the arts in our society. The turning point of his life occurred, at the age of forty near a farmhouse in upstate New York, in a mystic clarification. It compelled him to 'unlearn' much that he had earlier been taught to value, and it also made him enemies. Revealing the private as well as the public man, Thomas L. Jeffers chronicles a heroically coherent life.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98141/cover/9780521198141.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100820</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521130425</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130424</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130424</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Faith in Politics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Religion and Liberal Democracy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521130424</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGraw, Bryan T.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>No account of contemporary politics can ignore religion. The liberal democratic tradition in political thought has long treated religion with some suspicion, regarding it as a source of division and instability. Faith in Politics shows how such arguments are unpersuasive and dependent on questionable empirical claims: rather than being a serious threat to democracies' legitimacy, stability and freedom, religion can be democratically constructive. Using historical cases of important religious political movements to add empirical weight, Bryan McGraw suggests that religion will remain a significant political force for the foreseeable future and that pluralist democracies would do well to welcome rather than marginalize it.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/30424/cover/9780521130424.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521157706</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521157704</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521157704</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>In War’s Wake</TitleText>
<Subtitle>International Conflict and the Fate of Liberal Democracy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521157704</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kier, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Krebs, Ronald R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>War has diverse and seemingly contradictory effects on liberal democratic institutions and processes. It has led democracies to abandon their principles, expanding executive authority and restricting civil liberties, but it has also prompted the development of representative parliamentary institutions. It has undercut socioeconomic reform, but it has also laid the basis for the modern welfare state. This landmark volume brings together distinguished political scientists, historians, and sociologists to explore the impact of war on liberal democracy - a subject far less studied than the causes of war but hardly less important. Three questions drive the analysis: How does war shape the transition to and durability of democracy? How does war influence democratic contestation? How does war transform democratic participation? Employing a wide range of methods, this volume assesses what follows in the wake of war.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/57704/cover/9780521157704.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194814</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194815</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194815</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>In War’s Wake</TitleText>
<Subtitle>International Conflict and the Fate of Liberal Democracy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194815</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kier, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Krebs, Ronald R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>War has diverse and seemingly contradictory effects on liberal democratic institutions and processes. It has led democracies to abandon their principles, expanding executive authority and restricting civil liberties, but it has also prompted the development of representative parliamentary institutions. It has undercut socioeconomic reform, but it has also laid the basis for the modern welfare state. This landmark volume brings together distinguished political scientists, historians, and sociologists to explore the impact of war on liberal democracy - a subject far less studied than the causes of war but hardly less important. Three questions drive the analysis: How does war shape the transition to and durability of democracy? How does war influence democratic contestation? How does war transform democratic participation? Employing a wide range of methods, this volume assesses what follows in the wake of war.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94815/cover/9780521194815.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521127289</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127288</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127288</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Climate Capitalism</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Global Warming and the Transformation of the Global Economy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127288</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Newell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Paterson, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Confronting climate change is now understood as a problem of 'decarbonising' the global economy: ending our dependence on carbon-based fossil fuels. This book explores whether such a transformation is underway, how it might be accelerated, and the complex politics of this process. Given the dominance of global capitalism and free-market ideologies, decarbonisation is dependent on creating carbon markets and engaging powerful actors in the world of business and finance. Climate Capitalism assesses the huge political dilemmas this poses, and the need to challenge the entrenched power of many corporations, the culture of energy use, and global inequalities in energy consumption. Climate Capitalism is essential reading for anyone wanting to better understand the challenge we face. It will also inform a range of student courses in environmental studies, development studies, international relations, and business programmes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27288/cover/9780521127288.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194857</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194853</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194853</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Climate Capitalism</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Global Warming and the Transformation of the Global Economy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194853</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Newell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Paterson, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Confronting climate change is now understood as a problem of 'decarbonising' the global economy: ending our dependence on carbon-based fossil fuels. This book explores whether such a transformation is underway, how it might be accelerated, and the complex politics of this process. Given the dominance of global capitalism and free-market ideologies, decarbonisation is dependent on creating carbon markets and engaging powerful actors in the world of business and finance. Climate Capitalism assesses the huge political dilemmas this poses, and the need to challenge the entrenched power of many corporations, the culture of energy use, and global inequalities in energy consumption. Climate Capitalism is essential reading for anyone wanting to better understand the challenge we face. It will also inform a range of student courses in environmental studies, development studies, international relations, and business programmes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94853/cover/9780521194853.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521189713</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521189712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521189712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cultural Evolution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521189712</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Distin, Kate</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this book, Kate Distin proposes a theory of cultural evolution and shows how it can help us to understand the origin and development of human culture. Distin introduces the concept that humans share information not only in natural languages, which are spoken or signed, but also in artefactual languages like writing and musical notation, which use media that are made by humans. Languages enable humans to receive and transmit variations in cultural information and resources. In this way, they provide the mechanism for cultural evolution. The human capacity for metarepresentation - thinking about how we think - accelerates cultural evolution, because it frees cultural information from the conceptual limitations of each individual language. Distin shows how the concept of cultural evolution outlined in this book can help us to understand the complexity and diversity of human culture, relating her theory to a range of subjects including economics, linguistics, and developmental biology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/89712/cover/9780521189712.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100820</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521769019</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769013</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769013</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cultural Evolution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521769013</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Distin, Kate</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this book, Kate Distin proposes a theory of cultural evolution and shows how it can help us to understand the origin and development of human culture. Distin introduces the concept that humans share information not only in natural languages, which are spoken or signed, but also in artefactual languages like writing and musical notation, which use media that are made by humans. Languages enable humans to receive and transmit variations in cultural information and resources. In this way, they provide the mechanism for cultural evolution. The human capacity for metarepresentation - thinking about how we think - accelerates cultural evolution, because it frees cultural information from the conceptual limitations of each individual language. Distin shows how the concept of cultural evolution outlined in this book can help us to understand the complexity and diversity of human culture, relating her theory to a range of subjects including economics, linguistics, and developmental biology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/89712/cover/9780521189712.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521136520</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136525</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136525</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Literature of Ireland</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Culture and Criticism</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521136525</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Terence</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>One of Ireland's foremost literary and cultural historians, Terence Brown's command of the intellectual and cultural currents running through the Irish literary canon is second to none, and he has been enormously influential in shaping the field of Irish studies. These essays reflect the key themes of Brown's distinguished career, most crucially his critical engagement with the post-colonial model of Irish cultural and literary history currently dominant in Irish Studies. With essays on major figures such as Yeats, MacNeice, Joyce and Beckett, as well as contemporary authors including Seamus Heaney, Derek Mahon, Michael Longley, Paul Muldoon and Brian Friel, this volume is a major contribution to scholarship, directing scholars and students to new approaches to twentieth-century Irish cultural and literary history.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/36525/cover/9780521136525.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519667</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Silent Summer</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The State of Wildlife in Britain and Ireland</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519663</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Norman</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Over the past 20 years dramatic declines have taken place in UK insect populations. Eventually, such declines must have knock-on effects for other animals, especially high profile groups such as birds and mammals. This authoritative, yet accessible account details the current state of the wildlife in Britain and Ireland and offers an insight into the outlook for the future. Written by a team of the country's leading experts, it appraises the changes that have occurred in a wide range of wildlife species and their habitats and outlines urgent priorities for conservation. It includes chapters on each of the vertebrate and major invertebrate groups, with the insects covered in particular depth. Also considered are the factors that drive environmental change and the contribution at local and government level to national and international wildlife conservation. Essential reading for anyone who is interested in, and concerned about, UK wildlife.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19663/cover/9780521519663.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521743532</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521743532</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521743532</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>South Korea Since 1980</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521743532</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heo, Uk</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Roehrig, Terence</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book examines the changes in politics, economics, society, and foreign policy in South Korea since 1980. Starting with a brief description of its history leading up to 1980, this book deals with South Korea's transition to democracy, the stunning economic development achieved since the 1960s, the 1997 financial crisis, and the economic reforms that followed and concludes with the North Korean nuclear crisis and foreign relations with regional powers. The theoretical framework of this book addresses how democratization affected all of these dimensions of South Korea. For instance, democratization allowed for the more frequent alternation of political elites from conservative to liberal and back to conservative. These elites initiated different policies for dealing with North Korea and held different views on South Korea's role in its alliance with the United States. Consequently, ideological divides in South Korean politics became more stark and the political process more combative.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/43532/cover/9780521743532.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100929</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521761166</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761161</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761161</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>South Korea Since 1980</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521761161</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heo, Uk</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Roehrig, Terence</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book examines the changes in politics, economics, society, and foreign policy in South Korea since 1980. Starting with a brief description of its history leading up to 1980, this book deals with South Korea's transition to democracy, the stunning economic development achieved since the 1960s, the 1997 financial crisis, and the economic reforms that followed and concludes with the North Korean nuclear crisis and foreign relations with regional powers. The theoretical framework of this book addresses how democratization affected all of these dimensions of South Korea. For instance, democratization allowed for the more frequent alternation of political elites from conservative to liberal and back to conservative. These elites initiated different policies for dealing with North Korea and held different views on South Korea's role in its alliance with the United States. Consequently, ideological divides in South Korean politics became more stark and the political process more combative.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/61161/cover/9780521761161.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521828945</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521828949</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521828949</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Tale of a Tub and Other Works</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521828949</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Swift, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This volume contains the three works which together make up Jonathan Swift's early satiric and intellectual masterpiece, A Tale of a Tub: the Tale itself, The Battel of the Books, and The Mechanical Operation of the Spirit. Incorporating much new knowledge, this edition provides the first full scholarly treatment of this important work for fifty years. The introduction discusses publication, composition, and authorship; sources, analogues and generic models; reception; and religious, scientific and literary contexts (including the ancients and moderns controversy). Detailed explanatory notes address many previously unexplained issues in this famously rich and difficult work. Texts have been fully collated and edited according to modern principles and are accompanied with a textual introduction and full textual apparatus. Illustrations include title pages, the eight engravings from the fifth edition, and original designs for these engravings. Extensive associated contemporary materials, including Edmund Curll's Key and William Wotton's Observations, are provided.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/28949/cover/9780521828949.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521710111</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710114</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710114</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Kant's Critique of Pure Reason</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521710114</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Immanuel Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, first published in 1781, is one of the landmarks of Western philosophy, a radical departure from everything that went before and an inescapable influence on all philosophy since its publication. This Companion is the first collective commentary on this work in English. The seventeen chapters have been written by an international team of scholars, including some of the best-known figures in the field as well as emerging younger talents. The first two chapters situate Kant's project against the background of continental rationalism and British empiricism, the dominant schools of early modern philosophy. Eleven chapters then expound and assess all the main arguments of the Critique. Finally, four chapters recount the enormous influence of the Critique on subsequent philosophical movements, including German Idealism and Neo-Kantianism, twentieth-century continental philosophy, and twentieth-century Anglo-American analytic philosophy. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/10114/cover/9780521710114.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100820</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521883865</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883863</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883863</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Kant's Critique of Pure Reason</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521883863</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Immanuel Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, first published in 1781, is one of the landmarks of Western philosophy, a radical departure from everything that went before and an inescapable influence on all philosophy since its publication. This Companion is the first collective commentary on this work in English. The seventeen chapters have been written by an international team of scholars, including some of the best-known figures in the field as well as emerging younger talents. The first two chapters situate Kant's project against the background of continental rationalism and British empiricism, the dominant schools of early modern philosophy. Eleven chapters then expound and assess all the main arguments of the Critique. Finally, four chapters recount the enormous influence of the Critique on subsequent philosophical movements, including German Idealism and Neo-Kantianism, twentieth-century continental philosophy, and twentieth-century Anglo-American analytic philosophy. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/10114/cover/9780521710114.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515262</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515269</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515269</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Bunyan</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515269</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dunan-Page, Anne</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>John Bunyan was a major figure in seventeenth-century Puritan literature, and one deeply embroiled in the religious upheavals of his times. This Companion considers all his major texts, including The Pilgrim's Progress and his autobiography Grace Abounding. The essays, by leading Bunyan scholars, place these and his other works in the context of seventeenth-century history and literature. They discuss such key issues as the publication of dissenting works, the history of the book, gender, the relationship between literature and religion, between literature and early modern radicalism, and the reception of seventeenth-century texts. Other chapters assess Bunyan's importance for the development of allegory, life-writing, the early novel and children's literature. This Companion provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to an author with an assured and central place in English literature.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15269/cover/9780521515269.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521733081</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521733083</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521733083</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Bunyan</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521733083</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dunan-Page, Anne</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>John Bunyan was a major figure in seventeenth-century Puritan literature, and one deeply embroiled in the religious upheavals of his times. This Companion considers all his major texts, including The Pilgrim's Progress and his autobiography Grace Abounding. The essays, by leading Bunyan scholars, place these and his other works in the context of seventeenth-century history and literature. They discuss such key issues as the publication of dissenting works, the history of the book, gender, the relationship between literature and religion, between literature and early modern radicalism, and the reception of seventeenth-century texts. Other chapters assess Bunyan's importance for the development of allegory, life-writing, the early novel and children's literature. This Companion provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to an author with an assured and central place in English literature.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/33083/cover/9780521733083.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052151617X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516174</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516174</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to European Union Private Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516174</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Twigg-Flesner, Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The emergence of EU Private Law as an independent legal discipline is one of the most significant developments in European legal scholarship in recent times. In this Companion, leading scholars provide a critical introduction to the subject's key areas, while offering original and thought-provoking comment on the field. In addition to several chapters on consumer law topics, the collection has individual chapters on commercial contracts, competition law, non-discrimination law, financial services and travel law. It also discusses the wider issues concerning EU Private Law, such as its historical evolution, the role of comparative law, language and terminology, as well as the implications of the Common Frame of Reference project. A useful 'scene-setting' introduction and further reading arranged thematically make this important publication the student's and scholar's first port of call when exploring the field.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16174/cover/9780521516174.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521736153</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736152</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736152</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to European Union Private Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521736152</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Twigg-Flesner, Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The emergence of EU Private Law as an independent legal discipline is one of the most significant developments in European legal scholarship in recent times. In this Companion, leading scholars provide a critical introduction to the subject's key areas, while offering original and thought-provoking comment on the field. In addition to several chapters on consumer law topics, the collection has individual chapters on commercial contracts, competition law, non-discrimination law, financial services and travel law. It also discusses the wider issues concerning EU Private Law, such as its historical evolution, the role of comparative law, language and terminology, as well as the implications of the Common Frame of Reference project. A useful 'scene-setting' introduction and further reading arranged thematically make this important publication the student's and scholar's first port of call when exploring the field.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36152/cover/9780521736152.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521192102</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192101</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192101</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Building Respected Companies</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Rethinking Business Leadership and the Purpose of the Firm</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521192101</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Canals, Jordi</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The current financial crisis has deep macroeconomic roots, but the dominant view of the firm has made the crisis deeper and more devastating. Over the past few decades, maximizing shareholder value has become the main objective of the firm. Chief executives have been keen on this objective because their economic incentives have been clearly associated with stock market performance. Unfortunately, this has driven many CEOs to make terrible decisions based on short-termism and greed. In this way, the firm has become the object of anger, criticism and cynicism. In Building Respected Companies, Jordi Canals argues that we must address this problem by developing companies that serve society, not just their shareholders. This requires a new perspective of what a firm is, what the purpose of the firm in society should be and what the role of the board of directors and senior executives should be.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/92101/cover/9780521192101.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145538</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145534</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145534</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The United Nations Global Compact</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Achievements, Trends and Challenges</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145534</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rasche, Andreas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kell, Georg</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The United Nations Global Compact is a strategic policy initiative that encourages businesses to support ten universal principles in the areas of human rights, labor standards, the environment, and anti-corruption. It is the world's largest voluntary corporate responsibility initiative with more than 7,500 business and non-business participants in over 130 countries. This book reviews the first ten years of the Compact's existence (2000–2010) by presenting exclusively commissioned chapters from well-known scholars, practitioners from the business world and civil society, and Global Compact staff. They reflect on what the Global Compact has achieved, what trends it may have to respond to, and what challenges are ahead. The book contains not only up-to-date reflections but also debates recent changes to the structure of the Compact, including the Communication on Progress policy, the role of Global Compact Local Networks, and the role of emerging specialized initiatives.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45534/cover/9780521145534.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052151598X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515986</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515986</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Global Challenges in Responsible Business</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515986</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smith, N. Craig</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bhattacharya, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vogel, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Levine, David I.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Corporate responsibility has gone global. It has secured the attention of business leaders, governments and NGOs to an unprecedented extent. Increasingly, it is argued that business must play a constructive role in addressing massive global challenges. Business is not responsible for causing most of the problems associated with, for example, extreme poverty and hunger, child mortality and HIV/AIDS. However, it is often claimed that business has a responsibility to help ameliorate many of these problems and, indeed, it may be the only institution capable of effectively addressing some of them. Global Challenges in Responsible Business addresses the implications for business of corporate responsibility in the context of globalization and the social and environmental problems we face today. Featuring research from Europe, North America, Asia and Africa, it focuses on three major themes: embedding corporate responsibility, corporate responsibility and marketing, and corporate responsibility in developing countries.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15986/cover/9780521515986.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521735882</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735889</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735889</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Global Challenges in Responsible Business</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521735889</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smith, N. Craig</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bhattacharya, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vogel, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Levine, David I.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Corporate responsibility has gone global. It has secured the attention of business leaders, governments and NGOs to an unprecedented extent. Increasingly, it is argued that business must play a constructive role in addressing massive global challenges. Business is not responsible for causing most of the problems associated with, for example, extreme poverty and hunger, child mortality and HIV/AIDS. However, it is often claimed that business has a responsibility to help ameliorate many of these problems and, indeed, it may be the only institution capable of effectively addressing some of them. Global Challenges in Responsible Business addresses the implications for business of corporate responsibility in the context of globalization and the social and environmental problems we face today. Featuring research from Europe, North America, Asia and Africa, it focuses on three major themes: embedding corporate responsibility, corporate responsibility and marketing, and corporate responsibility in developing countries.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/35889/cover/9780521735889.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521153999</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521153997</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521153997</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Stahl's Illustrated Anxiety, Stress, and PTSD</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521153997</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stahl, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Grady, Meghan M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMGW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Stahl's Illustrated books are a series of pocket-sized, mid-priced, themed volumes. They distil theoretical information from the Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology volume and combine this with practical data from The Prescriber's Guide. They are illustration heavy and designed to encourage speedy learning of both concepts and applications. The visual learner will find that these books make the concepts easier to master, and the non-visual learner will appreciate the clear, shortened text on complex psychopharmacological concepts. This volume covers the latest developments in our understanding of post-traumatic stress disorder and anxiety. As well as covering the full range of management options, there is a specific focus on the implications for military populations. The Stahl's Illustrated series appeals to the widest possible audience of mental health professionals, and not just those with expertise in psychopharmacology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/53997/cover/9780521153997.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100820</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521149053</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521149051</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521149051</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Stahl's Illustrated Antipsychotics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Treating Psychosis, Mania and Depression</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521149051</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stahl, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mignon, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMGW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>All of the titles in the Stahl's Illustrated series are designed to be fun. Concepts are illustrated by full-color images that will be familiar to all readers of Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology, Third Edition and The Prescriber's Guide. The texts in this user-friendly series can be supplements to figures, images and tables. The visual learner will find that these books make psychopharmacology concepts easy to master, while the non-visual learner will enjoy a shortened text version of complex psychopharmacology concepts. Within each book, each chapter builds on previous chapters, synthesizing information from basic biology and diagnostics to building treatment plans and dealing with complications and comorbidities. Novices may want to approach the Stahl's Illustrated series by first looking through all the graphics and gaining a feel for the visual vocabulary. Readers more familiar with these topics should find that going back and forth between images and text provides an interaction with which to vividly conceptualize complex pharmacologies. And, to help guide the reader toward more in-depth learning about particular concepts, each book ends with a Suggested Reading section.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/49051/cover/9780521149051.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100426</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521718104</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521718103</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521718103</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Hispanics in the United States</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Demographic, Social, and Economic History, 1980–2005</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521718103</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bergad, Laird W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In 1980 the US government began to systematically collect data on Hispanics. By 2005 the Latino population of the United States had become the nation's largest minority and is projected to comprise about one-third of the total US population in 2050. Utilizing census data and other statistical source materials, this book examines the transformations in the demographic, social, and economic structures of Latino-Americans in the United States between 1980 and 2005. Unlike most other studies, this book presents data on transformations over time, rather than a static portrait of specific topics at particular moments. Latino-Americans are examined over this twenty-five year period in terms of their demographic structures, changing patterns of wealth and poverty, educational attainment, citizenship and voter participation, occupational structures, employment, and unemployment. The result is a detailed socioeconomic portrait by region and over time that indicates the basic patterns that have lead to the formation of a complex national minority group that has become central to US society.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/18103/cover/9780521718103.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131758</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131759</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131759</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Evolution of Highland Papua New Guinea Societies</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131759</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Feil, D. K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book is an explicitly comparative, anthropological analysis of the societies of the eastern and western highlands of Papua New Guinea. Particular societies have been documented by anthropologists since the 1950s yet until this book's publication in 1987, there had been relatively few attempts at rigourous comparison of the findings. This book argues that the highlands cannot be treated as a homogeneous region, socially, culturally, historically or environmentally. Rather, societies of the eastern highlands have followed markedly different paths of development in the past to those of the western highlands, and it is upon this divergence that a comparative treatment of the twentieth century should be mounted.</Text>
</OtherText>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131774</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131773</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131773</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Family and Gender in the Pacific</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Domestic Contradictions and the Colonial Impact</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131773</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Macintyre, Martha</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The combined forces of mission evangelism and colonial intervention have transformed the everyday family life of Pacific peoples. The dramatic changes that affected the political and economic autonomy of indigenous people in the region also had significant effects on domestic life. This book, originally published in 1989, examines the ways in which this happened. Using the insights of history and anthropology, chapters cover a wide range of geographical range, extending from Hawaii to Australia. The authors examine changes in medicine and health, religious beliefs, architecture and settlement, and the restructuring of the domestic realm. The book raises issues of concern to a wide range of interests: the peoples and history of the Pacific, the broader questions of colonialism and missionary endeavour, and the changing structure of the family.</Text>
</OtherText>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140870</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140874</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140874</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Prehistoric Rock Art</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Polemics and Progress</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140874</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bahn , Paul G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Paul G. Bahn provides a richly illustrated overview of prehistoric rock art and cave art from around the world. Summarizing the recent advances in our understanding of this extraordinary visual record, he discusses new discoveries, new approaches to recording and interpretation, and current problems in conservation. Bahn focuses in particular on current issues in the interpretation of rock art, notably the 'shamanic' interpretation that has been influential in recent years and that he refutes. This book is based on the Rhind Lectures that the author delivered for the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland in 2006.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40874/cover/9780521140874.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521868351</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521868358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521868358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Atlas of the Galilean Satellites</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521868358</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schenk, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Complete color global maps and high-resolution mosaics of Jupiter's four large moons – Io, Europa, Ganymede and Callisto – are compiled for the first time in this important atlas. The satellites are revealed as four visually striking and geologically diverse planetary bodies: Io's volcanic lavas and plumes and towering mountains; Europa's fissured ice surface; the craters, fractures and polar caps of Ganymede; and the giant impact basins, desiccated plains and icy pinnacles of Callisto. Featuring images taken from the recent Galileo mission, this atlas is a comprehensive mapping reference guide for researchers. It contains 65 global and regional maps, nearly 250 high-resolution mosaics, and images taken at resolutions from 500 meters to as high as 6 meters.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/68358/cover/9780521868358.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521187850</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521187855</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521187855</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Extreme Environment Astrophysics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521187855</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kolb, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Covering host systems of accreting, relativistic bodies, and the high-energy phenomena associated with them, this self-contained astrophysics textbook is ideal for advanced undergraduates. The textbook introduces students to a unique blend of astrophysical principles, including the evolutionary history of compact binary stars, the physics of accretion and accretion disc outbursts, the observed signatures of such discs in binary stars and active galactic nuclei, the X-ray emission of accreting compact bodies, and the physics of astrophysical jets and gamma-ray bursts. Worked examples, exercises with complete solutions, full-colour figures and informative chapter summaries guide students through their studies. Boxed equations and key facts highlight important points. Produced by academics drawing on decades of experience delivering courses for The Open University and concentrating on supported learning, this textbook is an ideal guide for self-study.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/87855/cover/9780521187855.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521857937</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521857932</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521857932</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Galaxy Formation and Evolution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521857932</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mo, Houjun</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van den Bosch, Frank</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>White, Simon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>840</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The rapidly expanding field of galaxy formation lies at the interface between astronomy, particle physics, and cosmology. Covering diverse topics from these disciplines, all of which are needed to understand how galaxies form and evolve, this book is ideal for researchers entering the field. Individual chapters explore the evolution of the Universe as a whole and its particle and radiation content; linear and nonlinear growth of cosmic structure; processes affecting the gaseous and dark matter components of galaxies and their stellar populations; the formation of spiral and elliptical galaxies; central supermassive black holes and the activity associated with them; galaxy interactions; and the intergalactic medium. Emphasizing both observational and theoretical aspects, this book provides a coherent introduction for astronomers, cosmologists, and astroparticle physicists to the broad range of science underlying the formation and evolution of galaxies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/57932/cover/9780521857932.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728207</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Fern Ecology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728201</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mehltreter, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Lawrence R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, Joanne M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Ferns are an integral part of the world's flora, appreciated for their beauty as ornamentals, problematic as invaders and endangered by human interference. They often dominate forest understories but also colonize open areas, invade waterways and survive in nutrient-poor wastelands and eroded pastures. Presented here is the first comprehensive summary of fern ecology, with worldwide examples from Siberia to the islands of Hawaii. Topics include a brief history of the ecological study of ferns, a global survey of fern biogeography, fern population dynamics, the role of ferns in ecosystem nutrient cycles, their adaptations to xeric environments and future directions in fern ecology. Fully illustrated concepts and processes provide a framework for future research and utilization of ferns for graduate students and professionals in ecology, conservation and land management.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28201/cover/9780521728201.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521151805</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521151801</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521151801</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ethnic Identity and Aristocratic Competition in Republican Rome</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521151801</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Farney, Gary D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The ancient Romans are usually thought of as a monolithic ethnic group, though in fact they formed a self-consciously pluralistic society. In this book, Gary D. Farney explores how senators from Rome's Republican period celebrated and manipulated their ethnic identity to get ahead in Rome's political culture. He examines how politicians from these lands tried to advertise positive aspects of their ethnic identity, how others tried to re-create a negative identity into something positive, and how ethnic identity advertisement developed over the course of Republican history. Finally, in an epilogue, Farney addresses how the various Italic identities coalesced into a singular Italian identity in the Empire, and how Rome's experience with Italic groups informed how it perceived other groups, such as Gauls, Germans, and Greeks.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/51801/cover/9780521151801.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100430</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145708</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145701</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145701</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Epigram</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145701</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Livingstone, Niall</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nisbet, Gideon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>186</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is an introduction to the ancient genre of epigram, short poems literally written or inscribed 'on' an object or figuratively 'on' a topic. The authors set out what epigram means and why it matters, exploring its roots in inscriptions on stone and its literary flourishing in the Hellenistic world after Alexander. They trace its migration from Greece to Rome, where its most famous exponent was Martial, and consider the continuation of Greek epigram under the Roman empire in the so-called 'Second Sophistic'. The final chapter shows how Greek epigram achieved new importance in the nineteenth century as raw material for stories about the classical past.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45701/cover/9780521145701.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052168711X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Roman Law and the Legal World of the Romans</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521687119</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Riggsby, Andrew M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this book, Andrew Riggsby offers a survey of the main areas of Roman law, both substantive and procedural, and how the legal world interacted with the rest of Roman life. Emphasising basic concepts, he recounts its historical development and focuses in particular on the later Republic and early centuries of the Roman Empire. The volume is designed as an introductory work, with brief chapters that will be accessible to college students with little knowledge of legal matters or Roman antiquity. The text is also free of technical language and Latin terminology. It can be used in courses on Roman law, Roman history, or comparative law, but it will also serve as a useful reference for more advanced students and scholars.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/87119/cover/9780521687119.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521535018</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521535014</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521535014</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Slavery in the Roman World</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535014</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Joshel, Sandra R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Sandra Joshel provides a comprehensive overview of Roman slavery. Using a variety of sources, including literature, law, and material culture, she examines the legal condition of Roman slaves, traces the stages of the sale of slaves, analyses the relations between slaves and slaveholders, and details the social and family lives of slaves. Richly illustrated with images of slaves, captives, and the material conditions of slaves, this book also considers food, clothing, and housing of slaves, thereby locating slaves in their physical surroundings – the cook in the kitchen, the maid in her owner's bedroom, the smith in a workshop, and the farm labourer in a vineyard. Based on rigorous scholarship, Slavery in the Roman World serves as a lively, accessible account to introductory-level students of the ancient Mediterranean world.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35014/cover/9780521535014.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521127300</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127301</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127301</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Roman Banquet</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Images of Conviviality</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127301</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dunbabin, Katherine M. D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Dining was an important social occasion in the classical world. Scenes of drinking and dining decorate the wall paintings and mosaic pavements of many Roman houses. They are also painted in tombs and carved in relief on sarcophagi and on innumerable smaller grave monuments. Drawing frequently upon ancient literature inscriptions as well as archaeological evidence, this book examines the visual and material evidence for dining through Roman antiquity. Topics covered include the relationship between Greek and Roman dining habits; the social significance of reclining when dining in public; the associations between dining scenes and death; the changing fashions of dining at the end of antiquity; and the use of banquet scenes in the art of early Christianity. Richly illustrated, The Roman Banquet offers a full and varied picture of the role of the banquet in Roman life.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27301/cover/9780521127301.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521693187</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521693189</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521693189</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Atmospheric Physics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521693189</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, David G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A quantitative introduction to the Earth's atmosphere for intermediate-advanced undergraduate and graduate students, with an emphasis on underlying physical principles. This edition has been brought completely up-to-date, and now includes a new chapter on the physics of climate change which builds upon material introduced in earlier chapters, giving the student a broad understanding of some of the physical concepts underlying this most important and topical subject. In contrast to many other books on atmospheric science, the emphasis is on the underlying physics. Atmospheric applications are developed mainly in the problems given at the end of each chapter. The book is an essential resource for all students of atmospheric physics as part of an atmospheric science, meteorology, physics, Earth science, planetary science, or applied mathematics course.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/93189/cover/9780521693189.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521736692</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736695</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736695</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Understanding Environmental Pollution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521736695</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Marquita K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>602</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The third edition of this well-received textbook delivers a concise overview of global and individual environmental pollution for undergraduate courses, presenting students with the tools to assess environmental issues. With more than 30% new material, Hill assesses pollution from an international perspective, including air and water pollution, global warming, energy, solid and hazardous waste, and pollution at home. Both the sources and impacts of pollution are addressed, as well as governmental, corporate, and personal responsibility for pollution, and pollution prevention is emphasized throughout. Non-technical language encourages greater understanding of these often complex issues, and thought-provoking 'Delving Deeper' exercises are included, increasing engagement with the text and enabling students to apply what they have learned. A new chapter on the chemistry basics of pollution links to sections on toxicology and risk assessment, helping students understand concerns over chemicals and their regulation. An essential review of environmental pollution for environmental science students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36695/cover/9780521736695.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521537371</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521537377</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521537377</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Erosion and Sedimentation</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537377</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Julien, Pierre Y.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The second edition of this acclaimed, accessible textbook brings the subject of sedimentation and erosion completely up-to-date, providing an excellent primer on both fundamental concepts of sediment-transport theory and methods for practical applications. The structure of the first edition is essentially unchanged, but all the chapters have been updated, with several chapters reworked and expanded significantly. Examples of the new additions include the concept of added mass, the Modified Einstein Procedure, sediment transport by size fractions, sediment transport of sediment mixtures, and new solutions to the Einstein Integrals. Many new examples and exercises have been added. Erosion and Sedimentation is an essential textbook on the topic for students in civil and environmental engineering and the geosciences, and also as a handbook for researchers and professionals in engineering, the geosciences and the water sciences.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37377/cover/9780521537377.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131715</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131711</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131711</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Economic Crisis and Corporate Restructuring in Korea</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Reforming the Chaebol</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131711</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Haggard, Stephan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lim, Wonhyuk</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Euysung</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Asian business conglomerates have clearly been successful agents of growth, mobilizing capital, borrowing technology from abroad and spearheading Asia's exports. However, these firms have long had a number of organisational and financial weaknesses, including heavy reliance on debt, that make them vulnerable to shocks. Nowhere was this more true than in Korea, where the large corporate groups known as chaebol have dominated the economic landscape. This collection of essays by leading political scientists and economists provides a comprehensive look at the chaebol problem in the wake of the Asian financial crisis. The authors consider the historical evolution of the chaebol and their contribution to the onset of economic turmoil in 1997. The book analyses the government's short-run response to corporate and financial distress, and outlines an agenda for longer-term reform of the financial system, corporate governance and the politics of business-government relations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/23630/cover/9780521823630.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191475</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191470</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191470</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Microeconomics for MBAs</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Economic Way of Thinking for Managers</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191470</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McKenzie, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Dwight R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The textbook that develops the economic way of thinking through problems that MBA students will find relevant to their career goals. Theory and math is kept as simple as possible and illustrated with real-life scenarios. This textbook package includes online video tutorials on key concepts and complex arguments, and topics likely to be assessed in exams. The distinguished author team has developed this textbook over 20 years of teaching microeconomics to MBA students. Chapters are clearly structured to support learning: Part I of each chapter develops key economic principles. Part II draws on those principles to discuss organizational and incentive issues in management and focuses on solving the 'principal-agent' problem to maximize the profitability of the firm – lessons that can be applied to problems MBAs will face in the future. Economics and management are treated equally; this unique textbook presents economics as part of the everyday thinking of business people.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91470/cover/9780521191470.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521697670</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521697675</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521697675</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Resource Economics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521697675</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Jon M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Resource Economics is a text for students with a background in calculus and intermediate microeconomics and a familiarity with the spreadsheet software Excel. The book covers basic concepts (Chapter 1), shows how to set up spreadsheets to solve simple dynamic allocation problems (Chapter 2), and presents economic models for fisheries, forestry, nonrenewable resources, and stock pollutants (Chapters 3–6). Chapter 7 examines the maximin utility criterion when the utility of a generation depends on consumption of a manufactured good, harvest from a renewable resource, and extraction from a nonrenewable resource. Within the text, numerical examples are posed and solved using Excel's Solver. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter. These problems help make concepts operational, develop economic intuition, and serve as a bridge to the study of real-world problems in resource management.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/97675/cover/9780521697675.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100809</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521518474</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518475</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518475</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Decline of the Traditional Pension</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Threats to Retirement Security</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518475</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, G. A. (Sandy)</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>K</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The traditional (final or average salary) pension that employers have provided their employees has suffered a huge decline in labor force coverage in the United Kingdom and the United States, and less severe declines in Canada and elsewhere. The traditional pension provides a precious measure of retirement security by paying retirees an annuity for life. This study compares developments in the countries just named and in Australia, Denmark, Germany, Japan, Netherlands, Sweden, and Switzerland to explain the forces behind the decline of the traditional pension and to contrast the experience of public sector employer-provided plans, where it remains dominant. Given the great value of the longevity insurance that the traditional plan provides, and the risks its diminished coverage entails, the book proposes a set of measures that either stem the decline or endow defined contribution pensions with some of the attributes of the traditional plan.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18475/cover/9780521518475.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760690</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760690</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760690</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Essentials of Short-Range Wireless</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760690</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hunn, Nick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TJKW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>For engineers, product designers, and technical marketers who need to design a cost-effective, easy-to-use, short-range wireless product that works, this practical guide is a must-have. It explains and compares the major wireless standards – Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, 802.11abgn, ZigBee, and 802.15.4 – enabling you to choose the best standard for your product. Packed with practical insights based on the author's 10 years of design experience, and highlighting pitfalls and trade-offs in performance and cost, this book will ensure you get the most out of your chosen standard by teaching you how to tailor it for your specific implementation. With information on intellectual property rights and licensing, production test, and regulatory approvals, as well as analysis of the market for wireless products, this resource truly provides everything you need to design and implement a successful short-range wireless product.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60690/cover/9780521760690.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521876524</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876520</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876520</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Robotics for Electronics Manufacturing</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Principles and Applications in Cleanroom Automation</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521876520</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mathia, Karl</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TGP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Understand the design, testing, and application of cleanroom robotics and automation with this practical guide. From the history and evolution of cleanroom automation to the latest applications and industry standards, this book provides the only complete overview of the topic available. With over 20 years' industry experience in robotics design, Karl Mathia provides numerous real-world examples to enable you to learn from professional experience, maximize the design quality and avoid expensive design pitfalls. You'll also get design guidelines and hands-on tips for reducing design time and cost. Compliance with industry and de-facto standards for design, assembly, and handling is stressed throughout, and detailed discussions of recommended materials for atmospheric and vacuum robots are included to help shorten product development cycles and avoid expensive material testing. This book is the perfect practical reference for engineers working with robotics for electronics manufacturing in a range of industries that rely on cleanroom manufacturing.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/76520/cover/9780521876520.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521765226</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765220</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765220</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Shakespeare's Errant Texts</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Textual Form and Linguistic Style in Shakespearean 'Bad' Quartos and Co-authored Plays</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521765220</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Lene B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>If more than half of Shakespeare's texts survive in more than one version, and an increasing number of his texts appear to have been co-authored with other playwrights, how do we define what constitutes a 'Shakespearean text'? Recent studies have proposed answers to this crucial question by investigating 'memorial reconstruction' and co-authorship, yet significantly they have not yet considered properly the many formal and stylistic synergies, interchanges and reciprocities between oral/memorial and authorial composition, and the extent to which these factors are traceable in the surviving playtexts of the period. It is precisely these synergies that this book investigates, making this site of interaction between actorly and authorial input its primary focus. Petersen proposes new quantitative methodologies for approaching form and style in Shakespearean texts. The book's main case studies are Hamlet, Romeo and Juliet and Titus Andronicus - plays drawn from the middle of Shakespeare's working career.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/65220/cover/9780521765220.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196558</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196550</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196550</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Virginia Woolf and the Study of Nature</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196550</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Alt, Christina</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Reflecting the modernist fascination with science, Virginia Woolf's representations of nature are informed by a wide-ranging interest in contemporary developments in the life sciences. Christina Alt analyses Woolf's responses to disciplines ranging from taxonomy and the new biology of the laboratory to ethology and ecology and illustrates how Woolf drew on the methods and objectives of the contemporary life sciences to describe her own literary experiments. Through the examination of Woolf's engagement with shifting approaches to the study of nature, this work covers new ground in Woolf studies and makes an important contribution to the understanding of modernist exchanges between literature and science.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96550/cover/9780521196550.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521591341</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521591348</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521591348</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>In Search of an Inca</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Identity and Utopia in the Andes</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591348</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Flores Galindo, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Aguirre, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hiatt, Willie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Search of an Inca examines how people in the Andean region have invoked the Incas to question and rethink colonialism and injustice, from the time of the Spanish conquest in the sixteenth century until the late twentieth century. It stresses the recurrence of the 'Andean Utopia', that is, the idealization of the pre-colonial past as an era of harmony, justice, and prosperity and the foundation for political and social agendas for the future. In this award-winning work, Alberto Flores Galindo highlights how different groups imagined the pre-Andean world as a model for a new society. These included those conquered by the Spanish in the sixteenth century but also rebels in the colonial and modern era and a heterogeneous group of intellectuals and dissenters. This sweeping and accessible history of the Andes over the last five hundred years offers important reflections on and grounds for comparison of memory, utopianism, and resistance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98613/cover/9780521598613.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521598613</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521598613</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521598613</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>In Search of an Inca</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Identity and Utopia in the Andes</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598613</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Flores Galindo, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Aguirre, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hiatt, Willie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Search of an Inca examines how people in the Andean region have invoked the Incas to question and rethink colonialism and injustice, from the time of the Spanish conquest in the sixteenth century until the late twentieth century. It stresses the recurrence of the 'Andean Utopia', that is, the idealization of the pre-colonial past as an era of harmony, justice, and prosperity and the foundation for political and social agendas for the future. In this award-winning work, Alberto Flores Galindo highlights how different groups imagined the pre-Andean world as a model for a new society. These included those conquered by the Spanish in the sixteenth century but also rebels in the colonial and modern era and a heterogeneous group of intellectuals and dissenters. This sweeping and accessible history of the Andes over the last five hundred years offers important reflections on and grounds for comparison of memory, utopianism, and resistance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98613/cover/9780521598613.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521154014</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521154017</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521154017</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The WTO Case Law of 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521154017</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Horn, Henrik</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mavroidis, Petros C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book brings together the 2008 output of the American Law Institute (ALI) project on World Trade Organization Law. Each chapter focuses on a different dispute from the adjudicating bodies of the WTO. Each case is jointly evaluated by well known experts in trade law and international economics. ALI reporters critically review the jurisprudence of WTO adjudicating bodies and evaluate whether the ruling 'makes sense' from an economic as well as a legal point of view, and, if not, whether the problem lies in the interpretation of the law or the law itself. The studies do not always cover all issues discussed in a case, but they seek to discuss both the procedural and the substantive issues that form, in the reporters' views, the 'core' of the dispute. This paperback will be an invaluable resource for students, lecturers and practitioners of international trade law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/54017/cover/9780521154017.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100415</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521114217</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521114219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521114219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114219</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Elihu</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Karen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>788</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators as well as judgments of national courts. Volume 138 reports on, amongst others, the 2007 Argentine Necessity Case from the German Federal Constitutional Court, the Final Award in Occidental v. Ecuador together with the English decisions in that case and the awards in EnCana v. Ecuador; and decisions from Zimbabwe Supreme Court and Southern African Development Community Tribunal in Campbell Re: Expropriation of Agricultural Land.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14219/cover/9780521114219.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>395.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760631</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760638</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760638</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760638</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>514</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: I reports on European Communities - Anti-Dumping Measure on Farmed Salmon from Norway (WT/DS337).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60638/cover/9780521760638.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521190428</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190428</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190428</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521190428</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: II reports on United States - Final Anti-Dumping Measures on Stainless Steel from Mexico (WT/DS344).</Text>
</OtherText>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521764165</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764162</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764162</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521764162</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes III to VI report on United States - Subsidies on Upland Cotton - Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS267).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/64162/cover/9780521764162.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197945</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197946</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197946</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197946</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes III to VI report on United States - Subsidies on Upland Cotton - Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS267).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97946/cover/9780521197946.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521767067</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767064</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767064</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521767064</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes III to VI report on United States - Subsidies on Upland Cotton - Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS267).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/67064/cover/9780521767064.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195209</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195201</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes III to VI report on United States - Subsidies on Upland Cotton - Recourse by Brazil to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS267).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95201/cover/9780521195201.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197635</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197632</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197632</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197632</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: VII reports on United States - Customs Bond Directive for Merchandise Subject to Anti-Dumping/Countervailing Duties (WT/DS343, WT/DS345).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97632/cover/9780521197632.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521193893</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193894</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193894</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521193894</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: VIII reports on Mexico - Definitive Countervailing Measures on Olive Oil from the European Communities (WT/DS341).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/93894/cover/9780521193894.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760321</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760324</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760324</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760324</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes IX to XI report on United States - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS320).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60324/cover/9780521760324.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763215</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763219</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes IX to XI report on United States - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS320).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63219/cover/9780521763219.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196620</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196628</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196628</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196628</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes IX to XI report on United States - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS320).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96628/cover/9780521196628.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521135818</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135818</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135818</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to International Criminal Law and Procedure</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521135818</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cryer, Robert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Friman, Hakan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Darryl</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wilmshurst, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>684</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This market-leading textbook gives an authoritative account of international criminal law, and focuses on what the student needs to know - the crimes that are dealt with by international courts and tribunals as well as the procedures that police the investigation and prosecution of those crimes. The reader is guided through controversies with an accessible, yet sophisticated approach by the author team of four international lawyers, with experience both of teaching the subject, and as negotiators at the foundation of the International Criminal Court and the Rome conference. It is an invaluable introduction for all students of international criminal law and international relations, and now covers developments in the ICC, victims' rights, and alternatives to international criminal justice, as well as including extended coverage of terrorism. Short, well chosen excerpts allow students to familiarise themselves with primary material from a wide range of sources. An extensive package of online resources is also available.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/35818/cover/9780521135818.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521144302</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144308</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144308</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>How to Do Things with Rules</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521144308</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Twining, William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Miers, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>5</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>450</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LAS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>New to English law? Need to know how rules are made, interpreted and applied? This popular and well-established textbook will show you how. It simplifies legal method by combining examples with an account of rules in general: the who, what, why and how of interpretation. Starting with standpoint and context, it identifies factors that give rise to doubts about the interpretation of a rule and recommends a systematic approach to analysing those factors. Questions and exercises integrated in the text and on the accompanying website will help you to develop skills in reading, interpreting and arguing about legal and other rules. The text is fully updated on developments in the legislative process and the judicial interpretation of statutes and precedent. It includes a new chapter on 'The European Dimension' reflecting the changes brought about by the Human Rights Act 1998.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/44308/cover/9780521144308.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521737397</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737395</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737395</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Lacey, Wells and Quick Reconstructing Criminal Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Text and Materials</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521737395</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Celia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Quick, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>944</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Since the publication of the first edition, this textbook has offered one of the most distinctive and innovative approaches to the study of criminal law. Looking at both traditional and emerging areas, such as public order offences and corporate manslaughter, it offers a broad and thorough perspective on the subject. Material is organised thematically and is clearly signposted at the beginning of each section to allow the student to navigate successfully through the different fields. This new edition looks at topical issues such as policing, the Serious Crime Act 2007, and reform of the Fraud Act 2006. Relevant case law and extracts from the most topical and engaging debates on the subject give the subject immediacy. The book is essential for both undergraduate and postgraduate study of criminal law and justice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/37395/cover/9780521737395.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138027</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138024</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138024</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Widening Horizons</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Influence of Comparative Law and International Law on Domestic Law</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138024</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bingham, Thomas H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>102</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>British judges increasingly now pay attention to foreign case law when deciding domestic cases, and are required to interpret and apply international law in domestic courts and administer an international code of human rights. Tom Bingham examines the consequences of this increasingly internationalist outlook of British courts, including cases which rely on a range of foreign cases, cases where an international convention or principle is interpreted and cases in which human rights cases are decided in reliance on principles established elsewhere.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38024/cover/9780521138024.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521766486</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766487</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766487</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Doctrines of US Security Policy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Evaluation under International Law</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766487</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Meiertöns, Heiko</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The practise of outlining principles for the conduct of US security policy in so-called doctrines is a characteristic feature of US foreign policy. From an international lawyer's point of view two aspects of these doctrines are of particular interest. First, to what degree are the criteria for the use of force, as laid down in these doctrines, consistent with the limitations for the use of force in international law? Second, which law-creating effects do these doctrines have? Furthermore, the legal nature of these doctrines remains uncertain. These matters are examined, beginning with the Monroe Doctrine of 1823 and taking into account the Stimson Doctrine of 1932, the doctrines of the Cold-War period and the Bush Doctrine of 2002. The Bush Doctrine in particular has generated controversies concerning its compatibility with Article 51 of the UN Charter, due to its principle of preventive self-defence.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/66487/cover/9780521766487.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052151634X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516341</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516341</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Race, Ethnicity, and the Treatment of Disability in Post-Civil War America</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516341</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Logue, Larry M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Blanck, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNDC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Using data from more than 40,000 soldiers of the Union army, this book focuses on the experience of African Americans and immigrants with disabilities, investigating their decision to seek government assistance and their resulting treatment. Pension administrators treated these ex-soldiers differently from native-born whites, but the discrimination was far from seamless – biased evaluations of worthiness intensified in response to administrators' workload and nativists' late-nineteenth-century campaigns. This book finds a remarkable interplay of social concepts, historical context, bureaucratic expediency, and individual initiative. Examining how African Americans and immigrants weighed their circumstances in deciding when to request a pension, whether to employ a pension attorney, or if they should seek institutionalization, it contends that these veterans quietly asserted their right to benefits. Shedding new light on the long history of challenges faced by veterans with disabilities, the book underscores the persistence of these challenges in spite of the recent revolution in disability rights.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16341/cover/9780521516341.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100419</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515424</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515429</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515429</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Enhanced Dispute Resolution Through the Use of Information Technology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515429</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lodder, Arno R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Zeleznikow, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNAC5</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Alternative dispute resolution has now supplanted litigation as the principal method of dispute resolution. This overview of dispute resolution addresses practical developments in areas such as family law, plea bargaining, industrial relations and torts. The authors elaborate on the necessary legal safeguards that should be taken into account when developing technology-enhanced dispute resolution and explore a wide range of potential applications for new information technologies in dispute resolution.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15429/cover/9780521515429.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521732034</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Defining Pragmatics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732031</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ariel, Mira</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Although there is no shortage of definitions for pragmatics the received wisdom is that 'pragmatics' simply cannot be coherently defined. In this groundbreaking book Mira Ariel challenges the prominent definitions of pragmatics, as well as the widely-held assumption that specific topics – implicatures, deixis, speech acts, politeness – naturally and uniformly belong on the pragmatics turf. She reconstitutes the field, defining grammar as a set of conventional codes, and pragmatics as a set of inferences, rationally derived. The book applies this division of labor between codes and inferences to many classical pragmatic phenomena, and even to phenomena considered 'beyond pragmatics'. Surprisingly, although some of these turn out pragmatic, others actually turn out grammatical. Additional intriguing questions addressed in the book include: why is it sometimes difficult to distinguish grammar from pragmatics? Why is there no grand design behind grammar nor behind pragmatics? Are all extragrammatical phenomena pragmatic?</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32031/cover/9780521732031.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521717841</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717847</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717847</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Romance Languages</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Historical Introduction</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521717847</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Alkire, Ti</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Carol</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Ti Alkire and Carol Rosen trace the changes that led from colloquial Latin to five major Romance languages, those which ultimately became national or transnational languages: Spanish, French, Italian, Portuguese, and Romanian. Trends in spoken Latin altered or dismantled older categories in phonology and morphology, while the regional varieties of speech, evolving under diverse influences, formed new grammatical patterns, each creating its own internal regularities. Documentary sources for spoken Latin show the beginnings of this process, which comes to full fruition in the medieval emergence of written Romance languages. This book newly distills the facts into an appealing program of study, including exercises, and makes the difficult issues clear, taking well motivated and sometimes innovative stands. It provides not only an essential guide for those new to the topic, but also a reliable compendium for the specialist.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/17847/cover/9780521717847.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521875994</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521875998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521875998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Explaining the Performance of Human Resource Management</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521875998</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fleetwood, Steve</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hesketh, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJMV2</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Human resource departments increasingly use the statistical analysis of performance indicators as a way of demonstrating their contribution to organisational performance. In this book, Steve Fleetwood and Anthony Hesketh take issue with this 'scientific' approach by arguing that its preoccupation with statistical analysis is misplaced because it fails to take account of the complexities of organisations and the full range of issues that influence individual performance. The book is split into three parts. Part I deconstructs research into the alleged link between people and business performance by showing that it cannot explain the associations it alleges. Part II attributes these shortcomings to the importation of spurious 'scientific' methods, before going on to suggest more appropriate methods that might be used in future. Finally, Part III explores how HR executives and professionals understand their work and shows how a critical realist stance adds value to this understanding through enhanced explanation.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/75998/cover/9780521875998.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521150167</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150163</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150163</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Random Graph Dynamics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521150163</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Durrett, Rick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The notion of six degrees of separation - that any two people on the planet can be connected by a short chain of people - inspired Strogatz and Watts to define the small world random graph, where each site is connected to close neighbours, but also has long range connections. At about the same time, it was observed in human social networks and on the internet that the number of neighbours of an individual has a power law distribution. This inspired Barabasi and Albert to define the preferential attachment model, which has these properties. These two papers led to an explosion of research, but much was nonrigorous and relied on simulations. This book uses mathematical arguments to obtain insights into these graphs. A unique feature of this book is the interest in the dynamics of process taking place on the graphs in addition to their geometric properties, like correctness and diameter.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/50163/cover/9780521150163.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052113420X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521134200</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521134200</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Geometry of Moduli Spaces of Sheaves</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521134200</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Huybrechts, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lehn, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Now back in print, this highly regarded book has been updated to reflect recent advances in the theory of semistable coherent sheaves and their moduli spaces, which include moduli spaces in positive characteristic, moduli spaces of principal bundles and of complexes, Hilbert schemes of points on surfaces, derived categories of coherent sheaves, and moduli spaces of sheaves on Calabi–Yau threefolds. The authors review changes in the field since the publication of the original edition in 1997 and point the reader towards further literature. References have been brought up to date and errors removed. Developed from the authors' lectures, this book is ideal as a text for graduate students as well as a valuable resource for any mathematician with a background in algebraic geometry who wants to learn more about Grothendieck's approach.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/34200/cover/9780521134200.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521762936</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762939</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762939</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Data Analysis and Graphics Using R</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Example-Based Approach</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521762939</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Maindonald, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Braun, W. John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Discover what you can do with R! Introducing the R system, covering standard regression methods, then tackling more advanced topics, this book guides users through the practical, powerful tools that the R system provides. The emphasis is on hands-on analysis, graphical display, and interpretation of data. The many worked examples, from real-world research, are accompanied by commentary on what is done and why. The companion website has code and datasets, allowing readers to reproduce all analyses, along with solutions to selected exercises and updates. Assuming basic statistical knowledge and some experience with data analysis (but not R), the book is ideal for research scientists, final-year undergraduate or graduate-level students of applied statistics, and practising statisticians. It is both for learning and for reference. This third edition expands upon topics such as Bayesian inference for regression, errors in variables, generalized linear mixed models, and random forests.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/62939/cover/9780521762939.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052175710X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521757102</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521757102</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Diagnostic Ultrasound</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Physics and Equipment</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521757102</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hoskins, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Thrush, Abigail</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>All healthcare professionals practising ultrasound in a clinical setting should receive accredited training in the principles and practice of ultrasound scanning. This new edition of Diagnostic Ultrasound: Physics and Equipment provides a comprehensive introduction to the physics, technology and safety of ultrasound equipment, with high quality ultrasound images and diagrams throughout. It covers all aspects of the field at a level intended to meet the requirements of UK sonography courses. New to this edition: • Updated descriptions of ultrasound technology, quality assurance and safety. • Additional chapters dedicated to 3D ultrasound, contrast agents and elastography. • New glossary containing definitions of over 500 terms. The editors and contributing authors are all authorities in their areas, with contributions to the scientific and professional development of ultrasound at national and international level.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/57102/cover/9780521757102.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521687160</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687164</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687164</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Epilepsy Prescriber's Guide to Antiepileptic Drugs</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521687164</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Patsalos, Philip N.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bourgeois, Blaise F. D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Epilepsy Prescriber's Guide to Antiepileptic Drugs provides a practical and concise reference guide for use by all those clinicians and allied health professionals that treat or care for patients with epilepsy. In full colour throughout, this volume presents the antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) in alphabetical order and for each AED the information is divided into eight coloured sections: general therapeutics, pharmacokinetics, interaction profile, adverse effects, dosing and use, special populations, and suggested reading. This handy pocket guide will be an excellent companion for all clinicians that treat patients with epilepsy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/87164/cover/9780521687164.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521735599</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735599</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735599</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Evaluating Clinical and Public Health Interventions</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Practical Guide to Study Design and Statistics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521735599</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Mitchell H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Whether you are evaluating the effectiveness of a drug, a medical device, a behavioral intervention, a community mobilization, or even a new law, this is the book for you. Written in plain language, it simplifies the process of designing interventions, analyzing the data, and publishing the results. Because the choice of research design depends on the nature of the intervention, the book covers randomized and nonrandomized designs, prospective and retrospective studies, planned clinical trials and observational studies. In addition to reviewing standard statistical analysis, the book has easy-to-follow explanations of cutting edge techniques for evaluating interventions, including propensity score analysis, instrumental variable analysis, interrupted time series analysis and sensitivity analysis. All techniques are illustrated with up-to-date examples from medical and public health literature. This will be essential reading for a wide range of healthcare professionals involved in research as well as those more specifically interested in public health issues and epidemiology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/35599/cover/9780521735599.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052174069X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521740692</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521740692</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Final FRCR 2B Long Cases</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Survival Guide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521740692</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Aw, Jessie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Curtis, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Part 2B of the FRCR examination for trainee radiologists involves six 'long cases', which can contain images of any body system and any imaging modality: plain film, CT, MRI, ultrasound, nuclear medicine and contrast studies. FRCR 2B: A Guide to the Long Cases contains 60 highly illustrated long cases and answers, organised into 10 sets of 6 cases. The cases are based on the format of the exam and the answers are at the level of detail the candidate would be expected to provide in the time allocated. An introductory section explains the College's marking scheme and advises on the best approach to the long cases and how to structure an answer. A succinct topic review is provided with each case. Jointly edited by a successful FRCR fellow and an experienced consultant radiologist, FRCR 2B: A Guide to the Long Cases is essential reading for all exam candidates.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/40692/cover/9780521740692.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521118344</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118347</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118347</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Outcome Measurement in Mental Health</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521118347</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Trauer, Tom</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In order to operate in an evidence-based fashion, mental health services rely on accurate, relevant, and systematic information. One important type of information is the nature of the problems experienced by recipients of mental health care, and how these problems change over the course of time. Outcome measurement involves the systematic, repeated assessment of aspects of health and illness, either by service providers, service recipients, or both. From outcome measurement clinicians and service recipients achieve a common language whereby they can plan treatment and track progress, team leaders and managers secure a basis to compare their services with others and to promote quality, while policy makers and funders derive evidence of effectiveness. This book will be an essential and practical resource for all members of the mental health clinical team as well as those responsible for establishing or managing services, and directing policy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/18347/cover/9780521118347.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521111579</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Parasomnias and Other Sleep-Related Movement Disorders</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111577</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Thorpy, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Plazzi, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The first authoritative review on the parasomnias - disorders that cause abnormal behavior during sleep - this book contains many topics never before covered in detail. The behaviors associated with parasomnias may lead to injury of the patient or bed-partner, and may have forensic implications. These phenomena are common but often unrecognized, misdiagnosed, or ignored in clinical practice. With increasing awareness of abnormal behaviors in sleep, the book fulfils the need for in-depth descriptions of clinical and research aspects of these disorders, including differential diagnosis, pathophysiology, morbidity, and functional consequences of each condition, where known. Appropriate behavioral and pharmacological treatments are addressed in detail. There are authoritative sections on disorders of arousal, parasomnias usually associated with REM sleep, sleep-related movement disorders and other variants, and therapy of parasomnias. Sleep specialists, neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists and other healthcare professionals with an interest in sleep disorders will find this book essential reading.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11577/cover/9780521111577.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521517850</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517850</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517850</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Placental Bed Disorders</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Basic Science and its Translation to Obstetrics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517850</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pijnenborg, Robert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brosens, Ivo</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Romero, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It is now recognized that defective placentation in the human is a cause of many pregnancy complications, such as spontaneous abortion, preterm labor and delivery, pre-eclampsia, intrauterine growth restriction, fetal death and abruptio placenta. These clinical disorders can often have long-term consequences into adulthood, causing cardiovascular disease, obesity and diabetes for the newborn as well as an increased risk of premature death in the mother. This is the first book to be entirely focused on the placental bed, bringing together the results of basic and clinical research in cell biology, immunology, endocrinology, pathology, genetics and imaging to consolidate in a single, informative source for investigators and clinicians. Its core aim is to explore new approaches and improve current clinical practice. This is essential reading for clinicians in obstetric, cardiovascular and reproductive medicine.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17850/cover/9780521517850.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521734894</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734899</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734899</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Practical Management of Bipolar Disorder</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521734899</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Young, Allan H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ferrier, I. Nicol</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Michalak, Erin E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Bipolar disorder, or manic depression, is characterised by episodes of pathological mood states. The two poles are mania (with a predominant elated or irritable mood) and depression (with feelings of sadness, anxiety, guilt or hopelessness) but mixed states frequently occur. Episodes can last for many months and profoundly affect physical health, relationships and careers. Since diagnosis and management are difficult, this practical guide provides an overview of the disorder and detailed guidelines for treating the illness throughout its stages, from authors internationally renowned for their work in bipolar disorder. Also discussed are disease theories, mechanisms and key clinical trials, as well as chapters devoted to psychosocial treatments, substance misuse and insights from 'lived experience'. In-depth analyses of selected population groups, including youth, the elderly and women, complement guidelines for clinical approaches in managing bipolar disorder. Comprehensive and detailed, this guide will prove invaluable to clinicians, general practitioners, psychiatrists and psychologists.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34899/cover/9780521734899.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521106656</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521106658</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521106658</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Psychosomatic Medicine</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction to Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106658</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Amos, James J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Psychosomatic medicine or consultation-liaison psychiatry is the branch of psychiatry that focuses on the mental health issues which accompany, or develop as a result of, other medical disorders. This subdiscipline forms an important part of training in psychiatry. This book provides an ideal first exposure to the inseparable nature of physical and psychological health and illness, and a comprehensive introduction to the broad range of disorders seen on the psychiatric consult service. Organized into a series of bitesized chapters, each focusing on a typical consult question, this handbook provides a practical and portable reference which should set both strategy and tactics for the next generation of consulting psychiatrists. Essential reading for medical students, psychiatry residents and psychosomatic fellows, this manual will provide immediate, in-the-field guidance on the evaluation and management of common consultation requests.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06658/cover/9780521106658.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521883466</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883467</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883467</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Einstein's Unification</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521883467</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van Dongen, Jeroen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why did Einstein tirelessly study unified field theory for more than 30 years? In this book, the author argues that Einstein believed he could find a unified theory of all of nature's forces by repeating the methods he used when he formulated general relativity. The book discusses Einstein's route to the general theory of relativity, focusing on the philosophical lessons that he learnt. It then addresses his quest for a unified theory for electromagnetism and gravity, discussing in detail his efforts with Kaluza-Klein and, surprisingly, the theory of spinors. From these perspectives, Einstein's critical stance towards the quantum theory comes to stand in a new light. This book will be of interest to physicists, historians and philosophers of science.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/83467/cover/9780521883467.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198216</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198219</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Mechanics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198219</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kleppner, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kolenkow, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In the years since it was first published, this classic introductory textbook has established itself as one of the best-known and most highly regarded descriptions of Newtonian mechanics. Intended for undergraduate students with foundation skills in mathematics and a deep interest in physics, it systematically lays out the principles of mechanics: vectors, Newton's laws, momentum, energy, rotational motion, angular momentum and noninertial systems, and includes chapters on central force motion, the harmonic oscillator, and relativity. Numerous worked examples demonstrate how the principles can be applied to a wide range of physical situations, and more than 600 figures illustrate methods for approaching physical problems. The book also contains over 200 challenging problems to help the student develop a strong understanding of the subject. Password-protected solutions are available for instructors at www.cambridge.org/9780521198219.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98219/cover/9780521198219.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521841569</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521841566</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521841566</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Complex Networks</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Structure, Robustness and Function</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521841566</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Reuven</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Havlin, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Examining important results and analytical techniques, this graduate-level textbook is a step-by-step presentation of the structure and function of complex networks. Using a range of examples, from the stability of the internet to efficient methods of immunizing populations, and from epidemic spreading to how one might efficiently search for individuals, this textbook explains the theoretical methods that can be used, and the experimental and analytical results obtained in the study and research of complex networks. Giving detailed derivations of many results in complex networks theory, this is an ideal text to be used by graduate students entering the field. End-of-chapter review questions help students monitor their own understanding of the materials presented.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/41566/cover/9780521841566.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521119251</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119252</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119252</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Justice in America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Separate Realities of Blacks and Whites</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521119252</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Peffley, Mark</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hurwitz, Jon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As reactions to the O. J. Simpson verdict, the Rodney King beating, and the Amadou Diallo killing make clear, whites and African Americans in the United States inhabit two different perceptual worlds, with the former seeing the justice system as largely fair and color blind and the latter believing it to be replete with bias and discrimination. The authors tackle two important questions in this book: what explains the widely differing perceptions, and why do such differences matter? They attribute much of the racial chasm to the relatively common personal confrontations that many blacks have with law enforcement – confrontations seldom experienced by whites. More importantly, the authors demonstrate that this racial chasm is consequential: it leads African Americans to react much more cynically to incidents of police brutality and racial profiling, and also to be far more skeptical of punitive anti-crime policies ranging from the death penalty to three-strikes laws.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/34750/cover/9780521134750.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521134757</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521134750</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521134750</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Justice in America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Separate Realities of Blacks and Whites</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521134750</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Peffley, Mark</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hurwitz, Jon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As reactions to the O. J. Simpson verdict, the Rodney King beating, and the Amadou Diallo killing make clear, whites and African Americans in the United States inhabit two different perceptual worlds, with the former seeing the justice system as largely fair and color blind and the latter believing it to be replete with bias and discrimination. The authors tackle two important questions in this book: what explains the widely differing perceptions, and why do such differences matter? They attribute much of the racial chasm to the relatively common personal confrontations that many blacks have with law enforcement – confrontations seldom experienced by whites. More importantly, the authors demonstrate that this racial chasm is consequential: it leads African Americans to react much more cynically to incidents of police brutality and racial profiling, and also to be far more skeptical of punitive anti-crime policies ranging from the death penalty to three-strikes laws.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/34750/cover/9780521134750.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146844</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146845</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146845</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Small Arms Survey 2010</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Gangs, Groups, and Guns</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146845</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Small Arms Survey, Geneva</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Small Arms Survey 2010 focuses on gangs and non-state armed groups. Gang violence, while typically directed at other gang members, can account for a major portion of social violence. Armed groups - whatever their orientation to the state - are of growing concern in conflict and post-conflict settings, where their activities can have serious repercussions for human security. This volume reviews a range of issues related to gangs and armed groups, exploring their functions, roles, and use of violence, as well as emerging efforts to address the damage they inflict on society. The volume explores prison gangs, gender aspects of gangs, and pro-government groups; it also features case studies from Ecuador and southern Sudan. Original research on the global ammunition trade and on options for controlling illicit firearm transfers by air rounds out the book.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46845/cover/9780521146845.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521745918</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745918</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745918</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women and States</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Norms and Hierarchies in International Society</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521745918</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Towns, Ann E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Momentous changes in the relation between women and the state have advanced women's status around the globe. Women were barred from public affairs a century ago, yet almost every state now recognizes equal voting rights and exhibits a national policy bureau for the advancement of women. Sex quotas for national legislatures are increasingly common. Ann E. Towns explains these changes by providing a novel account of how norms work in international society. She argues that norms don't just provide standards for states, they rank them, providing comparative judgments which place states in hierarchical social orders. This focus on the link between norms and ranking hierarchies helps to account better for how a new policy, such as equality for women in public life, is spread around the world. Women and States thus offers a new view of the relationship between women and the state, and of the influence of norms in international politics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/45918/cover/9780521745918.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521156998</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Legacies of Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Long-Run Consequences of Legal Development in South Africa, 1652–2000</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156998</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Meierhenrich, Jens</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Focusing on South Africa during the period 1650–2000, this book examines the role of law in making democracy work in changing societies. The Legacies of Law sheds light on the neglected relationship between path dependence and the law. Meierhenrich argues that legal norms and institutions, even illiberal ones, have an important - and hitherto undertheorized - structuring effect on democratic outcomes. Under certain conditions, law appears to reduce uncertainty in democratization by invoking common cultural backgrounds and experiences. In instances where interacting adversaries share qua law reasonably convergent mental models, transitions from authoritarian rule are shown to be less intractable. Meierhenrich's historical analysis of the evolution of law - and its effects - in South Africa during the period 1650–2000, compared with a short study of Chile from 1830–1990, shows how, and when, legal norms and institutions serve as historical causes to both liberal and illiberal rule.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56998/cover/9780521156998.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521734622</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734622</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734622</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Building States and Markets After Communism</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Perils of Polarized Democracy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521734622</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Frye, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Does democracy promote the creation of market economies and robust state institutions? Do state-building and market-building go hand in hand? Or do they work at cross-purposes? This book examines the relationship between state-building and market-building in 25 post-communist countries from 1990 to 2004. Based on cross-national statistical analyses, surveys of business managers, and case studies from Russia, Bulgaria, Poland, and Uzbekistan, Timothy Frye demonstrates that democracy is associated with more economic reform, stronger state institutions, and higher social transfers when political polarization is low. But he also finds that increases in political polarization dampen the positive impact of democracy by making policy less predictable. He traces the roots of political polarization to high levels of income inequality and the institutional legacy of communist rule. By identifying when and how democracy fosters markets and states, this work contributes to long-standing debates in comparative politics, public policy, and post-communist studies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34622/cover/9780521734622.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521732085</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732086</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732086</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Constitutional Illusions and Anchoring Truths</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Touchstone of the Natural Law</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732086</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Arkes, Hadley</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book stands against the current of judgments long settled in the schools of law in regard to classic cases such as Lochner v. New York, Near v. Minnesota, the Pentagon Papers case, and Bob Jones University v. United States. Professor Hadley Arkes takes as his subject concepts long regarded as familiar, settled principles in our law – 'prior restraints', ex post facto laws – and he shows that there is actually a mystery about them, that their meaning is not as settled or clear as we have long supposed. Arkes shows this in his text, arguing that the logic of the natural law provides the key to this chain of legal puzzles.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32086/cover/9780521732086.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140110</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Democracy and the Limits of Self-Government</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140119</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The political institutions under which we live today evolved from a revolutionary idea that shook the world in the second part of the eighteenth century: that a people should govern itself. Yet if we judge contemporary democracies by the ideals of self-government, equality, and liberty, we find that democracy is not what it was dreamt to be. This book addresses central issues in democratic theory by analyzing the sources of widespread dissatisfaction with democracies around the world. With attention throughout to historical and cross-national variations, the focus is on the generic limits of democracy in promoting equality, effective participation, control of governments by citizens, and liberty. The conclusion is that although some of this dissatisfaction has good reasons, some is based on an erroneous understanding of how democracy functions. Hence, although the analysis identifies the limits of democracy, it also points to directions for feasible reforms.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40119/cover/9780521140119.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145465</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145466</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145466</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Evolution of Modern States</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Sweden, Japan, and the United States</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145466</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Steinmo, Sven</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Evolution of Modern States is a significant contribution to the literatures on political economy, globalization, historical institutionalism, and social science methodology. The book begins with a simple question: why do rich capitalist democracies respond so differently to the common pressures they face in the early twenty-first century? Drawing on insights from evolutionary theory, Sven Steinmo challenges the common equilibrium view of politics and economics and argues that modern political economies are best understood as complex adaptive systems. The book examines the political, social, and economic history of three different nations - Sweden, Japan, and the United States - and explains how and why these countries have evolved along such different trajectories over the past century. Bringing together social and economic history, institutionalism, and evolutionary theory, Steinmo thus provides a comprehensive explanation for differing responses to globalization as well as a new way of analyzing institutional and social change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45466/cover/9780521145466.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138655</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138659</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138659</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Cooperation</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Extents and Limits of Multilateralism</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138659</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Zartman, I. William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Touval, Saadia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A number of new approaches to the subject of international cooperation were developed in the 1980s. As a result, further questions have arisen, particularly with regard to the methods and limits of cooperation and the relationship between cooperation and the debate over multilateralism. International Cooperation considers these questions, identifies further areas for research, and pushes the analysis of this fundamental concept in international relations in new directions. Its two parts address the historic roots and modern development of the notion of cooperation, and the strategies used to achieve it, with a conclusion that reaches beyond international relations into new disciplinary avenues. This edited collection incorporates historical research, social and economic analysis and political and evolutionary game theory.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38659/cover/9780521138659.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140951</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140959</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140959</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Personality and the Foundations of Political Behavior</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140959</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mondak, Jeffery J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Personality and the Foundations of Political Behavior is the first study in more than 30 years to investigate the broad significance of personality traits for mass political behavior. Drawing on the Big Five personality trait framework, Jeffery J. Mondak argues that attention to personality provides a valuable means to integrate biological and environmental influences in rich, nuanced theories and empirical tests of the antecedents of political behavior. Development of such holistic accounts is critical, Mondak contends, if inquiry is to move beyond simple 'blank slate' environmental depictions of political engagement. Analyses examining multiple facets of political information, political attitudes, and participation reveal that the Big Five trait dimensions – openness to experience, conscientiousness, extraversion, agreeableness, and emotional stability – produce both direct and indirect effects on a wide range of political phenomena.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40959/cover/9780521140959.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521709857</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521709859</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521709859</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Post-Imperial Democracies</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Ideology and Party Formation in Third Republic France, Weimar Germany, and Post-Soviet Russia</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521709859</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book examines the causal impact of ideology through a comparative-historical analysis of three cases of 'post-imperial democracy': the early Third Republic in France (1870–1886); the Weimar Republic in Germany (1918–1934); and post-Soviet Russia (1992–2008). Hanson argues that political ideologies are typically necessary for the mobilization of enduring, independent national party organizations in uncertain democracies. By presenting an explicit and desirable picture of the political future, successful ideologues induce individuals to embrace a long-run strategy of cooperation with other converts.  When enough new converts cooperate in this way, it enables sustained collective action to defend and extend party power. Successful party ideologies thus have the character of self-fulfilling prophecies: by portraying the future polity as one organized to serve the interests of those loyal to specific ideological principles, they help to bring political organizations centered on these principles into being.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/09859/cover/9780521709859.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521179246</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521179249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521179249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>It Still Takes A Candidate</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Why Women Don’t Run for Office</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521179249</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lawless, Jennifer L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It Still Takes A Candidate serves as the only systematic, nationwide empirical account of the manner in which gender affects political ambition. Based on data from the Citizen Political Ambition Panel Study, a national survey conducted of almost 3,800 'potential candidates' in 2001 and a second survey of more than 2,000 of these same individuals in 2008, Jennifer L. Lawless and Richard L. Fox find that women, even in the highest tiers of professional accomplishment, are substantially less likely than men to demonstrate ambition to seek elective office. Women are less likely than men to be recruited to run for office. They are less likely than men to think they are qualified to run for office. And they are less likely than men to express a willingness to run for office in the future. This gender gap in political ambition persists across generations and over time.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/79249/cover/9780521179249.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521156017</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156011</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156011</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Trouble with the Congo</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Local Violence and the Failure of International Peacebuilding</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156011</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Autesserre, Séverine</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>63</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Trouble with the Congo suggests a new explanation for international peacebuilding failures in civil wars. Drawing from more than 330 interviews and a year and a half of field research, it develops a case study of the international intervention during the Democratic Republic of the Congo's unsuccessful transition from war to peace and democracy (2003–2006). Grassroots rivalries over land, resources, and political power motivated widespread violence. However, a dominant peacebuilding culture shaped the intervention strategy in a way that precluded action on local conflicts, ultimately dooming the international efforts to end the deadliest conflict since World War II. Most international actors interpreted continued fighting as the consequence of national and regional tensions alone. UN staff and diplomats viewed intervention at the macro levels as their only legitimate responsibility. The dominant culture constructed local peacebuilding as such an unimportant, unfamiliar, and unmanageable task that neither shocking events nor resistance from select individuals could convince international actors to reevaluate their understanding of violence and intervention.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56011/cover/9780521156011.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191009</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191005</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191005</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Trouble with the Congo</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Local Violence and the Failure of International Peacebuilding</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191005</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Autesserre, Séverine</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Trouble with the Congo suggests a new explanation for international peacebuilding failures in civil wars. Drawing from more than 330 interviews and a year and a half of field research, it develops a case study of the international intervention during the Democratic Republic of the Congo's unsuccessful transition from war to peace and democracy (2003–2006). Grassroots rivalries over land, resources, and political power motivated widespread violence. However, a dominant peacebuilding culture shaped the intervention strategy in a way that precluded action on local conflicts, ultimately dooming the international efforts to end the deadliest conflict since World War II. Most international actors interpreted continued fighting as the consequence of national and regional tensions alone. UN staff and diplomats viewed intervention at the macro levels as their only legitimate responsibility. The dominant culture constructed local peacebuilding as such an unimportant, unfamiliar, and unmanageable task that neither shocking events nor resistance from select individuals could convince international actors to reevaluate their understanding of violence and intervention.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56011/cover/9780521156011.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521180376</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521180375</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521180375</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women and Family in Contemporary Japan</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521180375</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Holloway, Susan D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Japanese women, singled out for their commitment to the role of housewife and mother, are now postponing marriage and bearing fewer children. Japan has become one of the least fertile and fastest aging countries in the world. Why are so many Japanese women opting out of family life? To answer this question, the author draws on in-depth interviews and extensive survey data to examine Japanese mothers' perspectives and experiences of marriage, parenting, and family life. The goal is to understand how, as introspective, self-aware individuals, these women interpret and respond to the barriers and opportunities afforded within the structural and ideological contexts of contemporary Japan. The findings suggest a need for changes in the structure of the workplace and the education system to provide women with the opportunity to find a fulfilling balance of work and family life.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/80375/cover/9780521180375.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521192277</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192279</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192279</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women and Family in Contemporary Japan</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521192279</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Holloway, Susan D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Japanese women, singled out for their commitment to the role of housewife and mother, are now postponing marriage and bearing fewer children. Japan has become one of the least fertile and fastest aging countries in the world. Why are so many Japanese women opting out of family life? To answer this question, the author draws on in-depth interviews and extensive survey data to examine Japanese mothers' perspectives and experiences of marriage, parenting, and family life. The goal is to understand how, as introspective, self-aware individuals, these women interpret and respond to the barriers and opportunities afforded within the structural and ideological contexts of contemporary Japan. The findings suggest a need for changes in the structure of the workplace and the education system to provide women with the opportunity to find a fulfilling balance of work and family life.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/80375/cover/9780521180375.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052173438X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734387</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734387</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Human Development and Political Violence</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521734387</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Daiute, Colette</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Human Development and Political Violence presents an innovative approach to research and practice with young people growing up in the context of political violence. Based on developmental theory, this book explains and illustrates how children and youth interact with environments defined by war, armed conflict, and the aftermath involving displacement, poverty, political instability, and personal loss. The case study for this inquiry was a research workshop in four countries of the former Yugoslavia, where youth aged 12 to 27 participated in activities designed to promote their development. The theory-based Dynamic Story-Telling by Youth workshop engaged participants as social historians and critics sharing their experiences via narratives, evaluations of society, letters to public officials, debates, and collaborative inquiries. Analyses of these youth perspectives augment archival materials and researcher field notes to offer insights about developmental strategies for dealing with the threats and opportunities of war and major political change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34387/cover/9780521734387.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100426</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521767806</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767804</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767804</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Human Development and Political Violence</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521767804</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Daiute, Colette</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Human Development and Political Violence presents an innovative approach to research and practice with young people growing up in the context of political violence. Based on developmental theory, this book explains and illustrates how children and youth interact with environments defined by war, armed conflict, and the aftermath involving displacement, poverty, political instability, and personal loss. The case study for this inquiry was a research workshop in four countries of the former Yugoslavia, where youth aged 12 to 27 participated in activities designed to promote their development. The theory-based Dynamic Story-Telling by Youth workshop engaged participants as social historians and critics sharing their experiences via narratives, evaluations of society, letters to public officials, debates, and collaborative inquiries. Analyses of these youth perspectives augment archival materials and researcher field notes to offer insights about developmental strategies for dealing with the threats and opportunities of war and major political change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34387/cover/9780521734387.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100430</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516579</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516570</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516570</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>What Americans Build and Why</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Psychological Perspectives</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516570</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Devlin, Ann Sloan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What Americans Build and Why examines five areas of Americans' built environment: houses, healthcare facilities, schools, workplaces, and shopping environments. Synthesizing information from both academic journals and the popular press, the book looks at the relationships of size and scale to the way Americans live their lives and how their way of life is fundamentally shaped by the highway system, cheap land, and incentives. This book is timely because although Americans say they crave community, they continue to construct buildings, such as McMansions and big box stores, that make creating community a challenge. Furthermore, in many ways the movement toward teleworking, discussed in the chapter on office environments, also challenges the traditional place-based formation of community. Although focused on the United States, the book also includes reference to other parts of the world, especially regarding the retail environment.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16570/cover/9780521516570.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521734355</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734356</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521734356</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>What Americans Build and Why</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Psychological Perspectives</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521734356</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Devlin, Ann Sloan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What Americans Build and Why examines five areas of Americans' built environment: houses, healthcare facilities, schools, workplaces, and shopping environments. Synthesizing information from both academic journals and the popular press, the book looks at the relationships of size and scale to the way Americans live their lives and how their way of life is fundamentally shaped by the highway system, cheap land, and incentives. This book is timely because although Americans say they crave community, they continue to construct buildings, such as McMansions and big box stores, that make creating community a challenge. Furthermore, in many ways the movement toward teleworking, discussed in the chapter on office environments, also challenges the traditional place-based formation of community. Although focused on the United States, the book also includes reference to other parts of the world, especially regarding the retail environment.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34356/cover/9780521734356.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521149134</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521149136</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521149136</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Motivation and Action</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521149136</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heckhausen, Jutta</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heckhausen, Heinz</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>526</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Heckhausen and Heckhausen give an extensive and in-depth overview of the diverse lines of research in motivational psychology, in terms of its historical foundations, up-to-date conceptual developments, and empirical research. The major classes of motivated behavior, such as achievement, affiliation, power, are addressed and the critical processes involved in motivation and volition are discussed in detail. Different conceptual and empirical lines of research such as implicit/explicit motivation, intrinsic/extrinsic, motivation/volition, causal attribution, childhood and lifespan development, education, personality, and psychopathology are integrated and analyzed as to the common issues and phenomena they address, thus providing a most useful guideline for understanding debates in current motivational, educational, and social psychology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/49136/cover/9780521149136.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521148499</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>From Teams to Knots</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Activity-Theoretical Studies of Collaboration and Learning at Work</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521148498</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Engeström, Yrjö</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Teams are commonly celebrated as efficient and humane ways of organizing work and learning. By means of a series of in-depth case studies of teams in the United States and Finland over a time span of more than 10 years, this book shows that teams are not a universal and ahistorical form of collaboration. Teams are best understood in their specific activity contexts and embedded in historical development of work. Today, static teams are increasingly replaced by forms of fluid knotworking around runaway objects that require and generate new forms of expansive learning and distributed agency. This book develops a set of conceptual tools for analysis and design of transformations in collaborative work and learning.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/48498/cover/9780521148498.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100412</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052171625X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521716253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521716253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Memory, War and Trauma</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521716253</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Nigel C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Many millions of people are affected by the trauma of war. Psychologists have a good understanding of how experiences of war impact on memory, but the significance of external environmental influences is often disregarded. Memory, War and Trauma focuses on our understanding of the psychosocial impact of war in its broadest sense. Nigel C. Hunt argues that, in order to understand war trauma, it is critical to develop an understanding not only of the individual perspective but also of how societal and cultural factors impact on the outcome of an individual's experience. This is a compelling book which helps to demonstrate why some people suffer from post-traumatic stress while other people don't, and how narrative understanding is important to the healing process. Its multidisciplinary perspective will enable a deeper understanding of both individual traumatic stress and the structures of memory.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/16253/cover/9780521716253.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521731690</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731690</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731690</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Sociology of War and Violence</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521731690</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Malesevic, Sinisa</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>War is a highly complex and dynamic form of social conflict. This new book demonstrates the importance of using sociological tools to understand the changing character of war and organised violence. The author offers an original analysis of the historical and contemporary impact that coercion and warfare have on the transformation of social life, and vice versa. Although war and violence were decisive components in the formation of modernity most analyses tend to shy away from the sociological study of the gory origins of contemporary social life. In contrast, this book brings the study of organised violence to the fore by providing a wide-ranging sociological analysis that links classical and contemporary theories with specific historical and geographical contexts. Topics covered include violence before modernity, warfare in the modern age, nationalism and war, war propaganda, battlefield solidarity, war and social stratification, gender and organised violence, and the new wars debate.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31690/cover/9780521731690.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>
</ONIXMessage>
